TR / TN Series Twin Rod Cylinder

Show previous products

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X80ST

  Specifications: TN32X80ST is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 80 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X80 80 mm stroke S With magnet T NPT thread The current model ends in T, identifying the listing’s NPT thread selection. Both supplied TN ordering tables list only the blank PT option for the 32 mm bore. The T suffix is retained here, but its thread configuration is not independently defined by those TN catalog pages. Check the actual port designation when ordering connectors. Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 188 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 158 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 115 mm LB 80 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Use the following NPT1/8 cylinder-side options only after confirming that the supplied cylinder actually has NPT1/8 female ports and the specified tapered-thread sealing arrangement. The listing suffix alone does not establish the supplied port thread; the TN ordering pages identify only the blank PT option for this bore. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2020 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $240.87

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X90S

  Specifications: TN32X90S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 90 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 198 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 168 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 125 mm LB 85 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2111 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $251.15

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X90SG

  Specifications: TN32X90SG is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 90 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke S With magnet G G thread The current model ends in G, identifying the listing’s G thread selection. Both supplied TN ordering tables list only the blank PT option for the 32 mm bore. The G suffix is retained here, but its thread configuration is not independently defined by those TN catalog pages. Check the actual port designation when ordering connectors. Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 198 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 168 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 125 mm LB 85 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Use the following G1/8 cylinder-side options only after confirming that the supplied cylinder actually has G1/8 female ports with suitable flat sealing faces. The listing suffix alone does not establish the supplied port thread; the TN ordering pages identify only the blank PT option for this bore. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2111 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $251.15

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X90ST

  Specifications: TN32X90ST is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 90 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke S With magnet T NPT thread The current model ends in T, identifying the listing’s NPT thread selection. Both supplied TN ordering tables list only the blank PT option for the 32 mm bore. The T suffix is retained here, but its thread configuration is not independently defined by those TN catalog pages. Check the actual port designation when ordering connectors. Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 198 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 168 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 125 mm LB 85 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Use the following NPT1/8 cylinder-side options only after confirming that the supplied cylinder actually has NPT1/8 female ports and the specified tapered-thread sealing arrangement. The listing suffix alone does not establish the supplied port thread; the TN ordering pages identify only the blank PT option for this bore. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2111 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $251.15

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X40S

  Specifications: TN32X40S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 40 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 148 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 118 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 75 mm LB 60 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1660 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $198.40

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN16X150S

  Specifications: TN16X150S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 150 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 16 16 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 15 mm B 54 mm BA 53 mm C 21 mm CA 20 mm D 8 mm DA 8.2 mm G 24 mm H 6 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 34 mm PA 22 mm PB 11 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 47 mm MB 47 mm R 3 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 218 mm AC + stroke 203 mm LB 100 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 170 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 608 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $161.47

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X125S

  Specifications: TN32X125S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 125 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X125 125 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 233 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 203 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 160 mm LB 102.5 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2428 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $284.74

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X175ST

  Specifications: TN32X175ST is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 175 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X175 175 mm stroke S With magnet T NPT thread The current model ends in T, identifying the listing’s NPT thread selection. Both supplied TN ordering tables list only the blank PT option for the 32 mm bore. The T suffix is retained here, but its thread configuration is not independently defined by those TN catalog pages. Check the actual port designation when ordering connectors. Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 283 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 253 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 210 mm LB 127.5 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Use the following NPT1/8 cylinder-side options only after confirming that the supplied cylinder actually has NPT1/8 female ports and the specified tapered-thread sealing arrangement. The listing suffix alone does not establish the supplied port thread; the TN ordering pages identify only the blank PT option for this bore. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2876 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $334.36

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X20S

  Specifications: TN32X20S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 20 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 128 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 98 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 55 mm LB 50 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1480 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $174.24

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X50S

  Specifications: TN32X50S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 50 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 158 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 128 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 85 mm LB 65 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1750 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $210.71

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN25X80S

  Specifications: TN25X80S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 25 mm bore and 80 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 25 25 mm bore X80 80 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 19 mm B 73 mm BA 72 mm C 30 mm CA 29 mm D 12 mm DA 10.2 mm G 34 mm H 10 mm JB 30 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 6 KB 56 mm PA 27 mm PB 12 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 66 mm MB 66 mm R 6 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 161 mm AC + stroke 142 mm LB 70 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 110 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either cylinder port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 924 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $159.82

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN32X150ST

  Specifications: TN32X150ST is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 150 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 32 32 mm bore X150 150 mm stroke S With magnet T NPT thread The current model ends in T, identifying the listing’s NPT thread selection. Both supplied TN ordering tables list only the blank PT option for the 32 mm bore. The T suffix is retained here, but its thread configuration is not independently defined by those TN catalog pages. Check the actual port designation when ordering connectors. Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (108 + stroke) 258 mm Body length (78 + stroke) 228 mm Plate offset 30 mm Body width 40 mm Plate width 38 mm Body height 96 mm Plate height 94 mm Guide-hole pitch 72 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 83 mm Rod diameter 16 mm Rod separation 42 mm Rod-end threads M6 × 1.0 Front accessory thread M8 × 1.25; depth10 Body mounting holes Through Ø5.5; two-side Ø9 counterbore depths13.5 / 5.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 185 mm LB 115 mm PA 40 mm Port rear offset 14 mm Adjustment projection 17.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 14 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Use the following NPT1/8 cylinder-side options only after confirming that the supplied cylinder actually has NPT1/8 female ports and the specified tapered-thread sealing arrangement. The listing suffix alone does not establish the supplied port thread; the TN ordering pages identify only the blank PT option for this bore. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2652 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $308.39

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN10X100S

  Specifications: TN10X100S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 100 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 10 10 mm bore X100 100 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.4°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Edition note: the linked earlier English specification gives a 0.2 MPa minimum operating pressure for this bore. The 0.15 MPa entry above follows the 2022 Chinese specification. Verify the supplied edition before selecting a lower operating pressure. Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (58 + stroke) 158 mm Body length (46 + stroke) 146 mm Plate offset 12 mm Body width 17 mm Plate width 16 mm Body height 42 mm Plate height 41 mm Guide-hole pitch 26 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 34 mm Rod diameter 6 mm Rod separation 18 mm Rod-end threads M3 × 0.5 Body mounting holes Through Ø3.5; two-side Ø6 counterbore depths 6.5 / 3.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 110 mm LB 70 mm Port front offset 20 mm Port rear offset 8.5 mm Adjustment projection 5.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 292 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $115.74

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN10X80S

  Specifications: TN10X80S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 80 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 10 10 mm bore X80 80 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.4°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Edition note: the linked earlier English specification gives a 0.2 MPa minimum operating pressure for this bore. The 0.15 MPa entry above follows the 2022 Chinese specification. Verify the supplied edition before selecting a lower operating pressure. Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (58 + stroke) 138 mm Body length (46 + stroke) 126 mm Plate offset 12 mm Body width 17 mm Plate width 16 mm Body height 42 mm Plate height 41 mm Guide-hole pitch 26 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 34 mm Rod diameter 6 mm Rod separation 18 mm Rod-end threads M3 × 0.5 Body mounting holes Through Ø3.5; two-side Ø6 counterbore depths 6.5 / 3.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 90 mm LB 60 mm Port front offset 20 mm Port rear offset 8.5 mm Adjustment projection 5.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 256 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $103.98

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN10X90S

  Specifications: TN10X90S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 10 mm bore and 90 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 10 10 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.4°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Edition note: the linked earlier English specification gives a 0.2 MPa minimum operating pressure for this bore. The 0.15 MPa entry above follows the 2022 Chinese specification. Verify the supplied edition before selecting a lower operating pressure. Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details Overall length (58 + stroke) 148 mm Body length (46 + stroke) 136 mm Plate offset 12 mm Body width 17 mm Plate width 16 mm Body height 42 mm Plate height 41 mm Guide-hole pitch 26 mm Body mounting-hole transverse pitch 34 mm Rod diameter 6 mm Rod separation 18 mm Rod-end threads M3 × 0.5 Body mounting holes Through Ø3.5; two-side Ø6 counterbore depths 6.5 / 3.5 as shown Upper mounting-hole stroke reference 100 mm LB 65 mm Port front offset 20 mm Port rear offset 8.5 mm Adjustment projection 5.2 mm Adjustment hexagon 5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 10 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.2 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 274 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $110.07

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN16X175S

  Specifications: TN16X175S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 175 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 16 16 mm bore X175 175 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 15 mm B 54 mm BA 53 mm C 21 mm CA 20 mm D 8 mm DA 8.2 mm G 24 mm H 6 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 34 mm PA 22 mm PB 11 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 47 mm MB 47 mm R 3 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 243 mm AC + stroke 228 mm LB 112.5 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 195 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 674 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $178.13

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN16X200S

  Specifications: TN16X200S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 200 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 16 16 mm bore X200 200 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 15 mm B 54 mm BA 53 mm C 21 mm CA 20 mm D 8 mm DA 8.2 mm G 24 mm H 6 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 34 mm PA 22 mm PB 11 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 47 mm MB 47 mm R 3 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 268 mm AC + stroke 253 mm LB 125 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 220 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 740 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $194.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN16X70S

  Specifications: TN16X70S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 70 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 16 16 mm bore X70 70 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 15 mm B 54 mm BA 53 mm C 21 mm CA 20 mm D 8 mm DA 8.2 mm G 24 mm H 6 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 34 mm PA 22 mm PB 11 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 47 mm MB 47 mm R 3 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 138 mm AC + stroke 123 mm LB 60 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 90 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 398 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $109.35

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN16X90S

  Specifications: TN16X90S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 90 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 16 16 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 15 mm B 54 mm BA 53 mm C 21 mm CA 20 mm D 8 mm DA 8.2 mm G 24 mm H 6 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 34 mm PA 22 mm PB 11 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 47 mm MB 47 mm R 3 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 158 mm AC + stroke 143 mm LB 70 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 110 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. For these optional valve and connection choices, use a conservative common branch pressure of 0.2–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. This branch limit does not change the cylinder rating or the supplied-edition requirement. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 450 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $123.14

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN20X175S

  Specifications: TN20X175S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 175 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 20 20 mm bore X175 175 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 20 mm B 62 mm BA 61 mm C 25 mm CA 24 mm D 10 mm DA 10.2 mm G 28 mm H 8 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 44 mm PA 25 mm PB 12 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 55 mm MB 55 mm R 3.5 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 253 mm AC + stroke 233 mm LB 112.5 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 195 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either cylinder port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 975 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $205.75

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN20X200S

  Specifications: TN20X200S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 200 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 20 20 mm bore X200 200 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 20 mm B 62 mm BA 61 mm C 25 mm CA 24 mm D 10 mm DA 10.2 mm G 28 mm H 8 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 44 mm PA 25 mm PB 12 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 55 mm MB 55 mm R 3.5 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 278 mm AC + stroke 258 mm LB 125 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 220 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either cylinder port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 1064 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $228.68

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN20X70S

  Specifications: TN20X70S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 70 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 20 20 mm bore X70 70 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 20 mm B 62 mm BA 61 mm C 25 mm CA 24 mm D 10 mm DA 10.2 mm G 28 mm H 8 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 44 mm PA 25 mm PB 12 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 55 mm MB 55 mm R 3.5 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 148 mm AC + stroke 128 mm LB 60 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 90 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either cylinder port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 602 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $132.86

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN20X75S

  Specifications: TN20X75S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 75 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 20 20 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 20 mm B 62 mm BA 61 mm C 25 mm CA 24 mm D 10 mm DA 10.2 mm G 28 mm H 8 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 44 mm PA 25 mm PB 12 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 55 mm MB 55 mm R 3.5 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 158 mm AC + stroke 138 mm LB 65 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 100 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either cylinder port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 638 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $132.86

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TN series: twin-rod cylinder - TN20X90S

  Specifications: TN20X90S is a double-acting twin-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 90 mm stroke. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TN Twin-rod cylinder 20 20 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.3°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Mechanical stroke adjustment −5 to0 mm Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 20 mm B 62 mm BA 61 mm C 25 mm CA 24 mm D 10 mm DA 10.2 mm G 28 mm H 8 mm JB 20 mm K M4 × 0.7; depth 5 KB 44 mm PA 25 mm PB 12 mm L Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5 LC 55 mm MB 55 mm R 3.5 mm J Through Ø4.5; both-side Ø7.5 counterbore, depth 7.5 A + stroke 168 mm AC + stroke 148 mm LB 70 mm JB + 0.1 + stroke 110 +0.1 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Features and load limits The two piston rods resist bending and twisting and provide a fixing plate with workpiece mounting from three directions. Body mounting is available from multiple faces. The twin-piston force table uses twice the single-piston working area. Select force with a load margin and check side-load capacity separately. The permitted side load decreases with stroke. The TN diagram gives load in newtons; the TR horizontal/vertical diagrams and unloaded-tip deflection diagram must be read using their respective units and mounting positions. For non-standard strokes within100 mm in5 mm steps, the next longer standard-stroke body is used:35 mm has the40 mm external envelope. This does not change the ordered working stroke. Internal structure and materials 1. Piston rod B: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod for Ø32; SUS304 hard-chromed, ground rod for other sizes. 2. Hex-socket screw: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Bumper: POM. 4. Screw: Medium-carbon steel. 5. Piston rod A: S45C hard-chromed, ground rod. 6. Cylinder fixing plate: Free-cutting steel. 7. Nut: Medium-carbon steel. 8. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 9. Front-cover O-ring: NBR. 10. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 11. O-ring: NBR. 12. Body: Aluminum alloy. 13. Bumper: TPU. 14. Magnet holder: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 15. Piston O-ring: NBR. 16. Wear pad: Wear-resistant material. 17. Piston: SUS303 for Ø10; aluminum alloy for other sizes. 18. Rear-cover O-ring: NBR. 19. Bumper: TPU. 20. Rear cover: Aluminum alloy. 21. Magnet: Rare-earth material. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify J-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSJ require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable has a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. These are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof; DMS-W has direct leads only. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The TN cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W versions are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS has reverse-polarity and surge protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil. Optional air connections, tubing and controls For the 6 mm OD tubing in the circuit reference in this description, choose a straight fitting or an A-type controller at each cylinder port. Use straight fittings at the valve A/B ports and keep the two chamber lines separate. PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at either cylinder port or the selected valve A/B work ports; no speed adjustment PTL6M5A-M: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 6 mm OD tubing US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction The A-type controller restricts flow from the cylinder port to the tube; reverse flow is free. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The listed gray fittings and controllers accept soft nylon or polyurethane tubing and are rated for 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Check tube insertion, wrench clearance and every connected part’s limits. The 5V110 codes are single-solenoid spring-return valves; 5V120 codes are double-solenoid valves with memory. The final 050 or 200 selects a 0.5 m or 2 m terminal cable as part of the complete valve configuration. AC versions use 2.0 VA with +15%/−10% voltage tolerance; DC versions use 1.6 W with ±10% tolerance. These terminal-cable valves have dust protection; they are not DIN-plug versions. The existing 4A110M5 and 4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives need one or two external pilot signals respectively through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot connection assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends of the pilot line and the actual control signal. Seal the tapered PT pilot threads with suitable thread sealant. Use only the chosen electrical or pneumatic control scheme. With either listed valve family, the working circuit is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to any lower component limit. BSLM5 fits the selected M5×0.8 valve exhaust ports R/S; do not fit it to cylinder working ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The blue 100 m tube codes are purchasable packaging examples, not the required installed tube length. US98A is polyester polyurethane (−20 to +70°C); UE95A is polyether polyurethane (−40 to +70°C). Both listed standard sizes are rated to 1 MPa at 23°C; apply temperature derating and the lowest limit of the whole circuit. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged direct sunlight. Minimum bend radii for US98A/UE95A are 15/12 mm.Weight reference 675 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $145.03

  View options

Back to top